]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* doc/bison.texinfo (C++ Bison Interface): Clarify the naming
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a grammar
335 description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) or @acronym{GLR} context-free grammar
336 into a C or C++ program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}.
2002
2003 @node Ltcalc Rules
2004 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2005
2006 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2007 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2008 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2009 from the new information.
2010
2011 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2012 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2013
2014 @example
2015 @group
2016 input : /* empty */
2017 | input line
2018 ;
2019 @end group
2020
2021 @group
2022 line : '\n'
2023 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2029 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2030 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2031 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2032 @end group
2033 @group
2034 | exp '/' exp
2035 @{
2036 if ($3)
2037 $$ = $1 / $3;
2038 else
2039 @{
2040 $$ = 1;
2041 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2042 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2043 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2044 @}
2045 @}
2046 @end group
2047 @group
2048 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2049 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2050 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2051 @end group
2052 @end example
2053
2054 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2055 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2056 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2057
2058 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2059 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2060 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2061 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2062 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2063 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2064 hand.
2065
2066 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2067 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2068
2069 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2070 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2071 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2072 semantic values.
2073
2074 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2075 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2076
2077 @example
2078 @group
2079 int
2080 yylex (void)
2081 @{
2082 int c;
2083 @end group
2084
2085 @group
2086 /* Skip white space. */
2087 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2088 ++yylloc.last_column;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Step. */
2093 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2094 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Process numbers. */
2099 if (isdigit (c))
2100 @{
2101 yylval = c - '0';
2102 ++yylloc.last_column;
2103 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2104 @{
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2107 @}
2108 ungetc (c, stdin);
2109 return NUM;
2110 @}
2111 @end group
2112
2113 /* Return end-of-input. */
2114 if (c == EOF)
2115 return 0;
2116
2117 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2118 if (c == '\n')
2119 @{
2120 ++yylloc.last_line;
2121 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2122 @}
2123 else
2124 ++yylloc.last_column;
2125 return c;
2126 @}
2127 @end example
2128
2129 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2130 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2131 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2132 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2133
2134 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2135 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2136 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2137 controlling function:
2138
2139 @example
2140 @group
2141 int
2142 main (void)
2143 @{
2144 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2145 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2146 return yyparse ();
2147 @}
2148 @end group
2149 @end example
2150
2151 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2152 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2153 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2154
2155 @node Multi-function Calc
2156 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2157 @cindex multi-function calculator
2158 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2160
2161 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2162 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2163 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2164 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2165 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2166
2167 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2168 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2169 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2170 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2171 functions whose syntax has this form:
2172
2173 @example
2174 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2175 @end example
2176
2177 @noindent
2178 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2179 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2180 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2181
2182 @example
2183 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2184 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2185 3.1415926536
2186 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2187 0.0000000000
2188 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2189 2.3000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2193 0.8329091229
2194 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 $
2197 @end example
2198
2199 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2200
2201 @menu
2202 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2203 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2204 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2205 @end menu
2206
2207 @node Mfcalc Decl
2208 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2209
2210 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2211
2212 @smallexample
2213 @group
2214 %@{
2215 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2216 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2217 int yylex (void);
2218 void yyerror (char const *);
2219 %@}
2220 @end group
2221 @group
2222 %union @{
2223 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2224 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2225 @}
2226 @end group
2227 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2228 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2229 %type <val> exp
2230
2231 @group
2232 %right '='
2233 %left '-' '+'
2234 %left '*' '/'
2235 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2236 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2237 @end group
2238 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2239 @end smallexample
2240
2241 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2242 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2243 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2244
2245 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2246 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2247 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2248 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2249
2250 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2251 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2252 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2253 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2254 between angle brackets).
2255
2256 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2257 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2258 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2259 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2260 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2261 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Rules
2264 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2265
2266 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2267 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2268 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2269
2270 @smallexample
2271 @group
2272 input: /* empty */
2273 | input line
2274 ;
2275 @end group
2276
2277 @group
2278 line:
2279 '\n'
2280 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2281 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2282 ;
2283 @end group
2284
2285 @group
2286 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2287 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2288 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2289 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2290 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2291 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2292 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2293 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2294 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2295 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2296 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2297 ;
2298 @end group
2299 /* End of grammar. */
2300 %%
2301 @end smallexample
2302
2303 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2304 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2305 @cindex symbol table example
2306
2307 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2308 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2309 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2310 requires some additional C functions for support.
2311
2312 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2313 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2314 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2315
2316 @smallexample
2317 @group
2318 /* Function type. */
2319 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2320 @end group
2321
2322 @group
2323 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2324 struct symrec
2325 @{
2326 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2327 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2328 union
2329 @{
2330 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2331 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2332 @} value;
2333 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2334 @};
2335 @end group
2336
2337 @group
2338 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2339
2340 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2341 extern symrec *sym_table;
2342
2343 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2344 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2345 @end group
2346 @end smallexample
2347
2348 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2349 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2350 @code{init_table} as well:
2351
2352 @smallexample
2353 #include <stdio.h>
2354
2355 @group
2356 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2357 void
2358 yyerror (char const *s)
2359 @{
2360 printf ("%s\n", s);
2361 @}
2362 @end group
2363
2364 @group
2365 struct init
2366 @{
2367 char const *fname;
2368 double (*fnct) (double);
2369 @};
2370 @end group
2371
2372 @group
2373 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2374 @{
2375 "sin", sin,
2376 "cos", cos,
2377 "atan", atan,
2378 "ln", log,
2379 "exp", exp,
2380 "sqrt", sqrt,
2381 0, 0
2382 @};
2383 @end group
2384
2385 @group
2386 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2387 symrec *sym_table;
2388 @end group
2389
2390 @group
2391 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2392 void
2393 init_table (void)
2394 @{
2395 int i;
2396 symrec *ptr;
2397 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2398 @{
2399 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2400 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2401 @}
2402 @}
2403 @end group
2404
2405 @group
2406 int
2407 main (void)
2408 @{
2409 init_table ();
2410 return yyparse ();
2411 @}
2412 @end group
2413 @end smallexample
2414
2415 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2416 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2417
2418 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2419 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2420 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2421 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2422 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2423 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2424
2425 @smallexample
2426 symrec *
2427 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2428 @{
2429 symrec *ptr;
2430 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2431 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2432 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2433 ptr->type = sym_type;
2434 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2435 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2436 sym_table = ptr;
2437 return ptr;
2438 @}
2439
2440 symrec *
2441 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2442 @{
2443 symrec *ptr;
2444 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2445 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2446 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2447 return ptr;
2448 return 0;
2449 @}
2450 @end smallexample
2451
2452 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2453 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2454 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2455 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2456
2457 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2458 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2459 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2460 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2461 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2462 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2463
2464 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2465 operators in @code{yylex}.
2466
2467 @smallexample
2468 @group
2469 #include <ctype.h>
2470 @end group
2471
2472 @group
2473 int
2474 yylex (void)
2475 @{
2476 int c;
2477
2478 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2479 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2480
2481 if (c == EOF)
2482 return 0;
2483 @end group
2484
2485 @group
2486 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2487 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2488 @{
2489 ungetc (c, stdin);
2490 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2491 return NUM;
2492 @}
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2497 if (isalpha (c))
2498 @{
2499 symrec *s;
2500 static char *symbuf = 0;
2501 static int length = 0;
2502 int i;
2503 @end group
2504
2505 @group
2506 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2507 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2508 if (length == 0)
2509 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2510
2511 i = 0;
2512 do
2513 @end group
2514 @group
2515 @{
2516 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2517 if (i == length)
2518 @{
2519 length *= 2;
2520 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2521 @}
2522 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2523 symbuf[i++] = c;
2524 /* Get another character. */
2525 c = getchar ();
2526 @}
2527 @end group
2528 @group
2529 while (isalnum (c));
2530
2531 ungetc (c, stdin);
2532 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2533 @end group
2534
2535 @group
2536 s = getsym (symbuf);
2537 if (s == 0)
2538 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2539 yylval.tptr = s;
2540 return s->type;
2541 @}
2542
2543 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2544 return c;
2545 @}
2546 @end group
2547 @end smallexample
2548
2549 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2550 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2551 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2552
2553 @node Exercises
2554 @section Exercises
2555 @cindex exercises
2556
2557 @enumerate
2558 @item
2559 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2560
2561 @item
2562 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2563 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2564 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2565
2566 @item
2567 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2568 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2569 @end enumerate
2570
2571 @node Grammar File
2572 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2573
2574 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2575 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2576
2577 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2578 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2579
2580 @menu
2581 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2582 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2583 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2584 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2585 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2586 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2587 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2588 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2589 @end menu
2590
2591 @node Grammar Outline
2592 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2593
2594 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2595 appropriate delimiters:
2596
2597 @example
2598 %@{
2599 @var{Prologue}
2600 %@}
2601
2602 @var{Bison declarations}
2603
2604 %%
2605 @var{Grammar rules}
2606 %%
2607
2608 @var{Epilogue}
2609 @end example
2610
2611 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2612 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2613 continues until end of line.
2614
2615 @menu
2616 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2617 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2618 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2619 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2620 @end menu
2621
2622 @node Prologue
2623 @subsection The prologue
2624 @cindex declarations section
2625 @cindex Prologue
2626 @cindex declarations
2627
2628 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2629 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2630 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2631 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2632 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2633 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2634 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2635
2636 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2637 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2638 character constant.
2639
2640 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2641 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2642 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2643 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2644 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2645 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2646 @code{%union} declaration.
2647
2648 @smallexample
2649 %@{
2650 #include <stdio.h>
2651 #include "ptypes.h"
2652 %@}
2653
2654 %union @{
2655 long int n;
2656 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2657 @}
2658
2659 %@{
2660 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2661 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2662 %@}
2663
2664 @dots{}
2665 @end smallexample
2666
2667 @node Bison Declarations
2668 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2669 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2670 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2671
2672 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2673 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2674 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2675 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2676
2677 @node Grammar Rules
2678 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2679 @cindex grammar rules section
2680 @cindex rules section for grammar
2681
2682 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2683 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2684
2685 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2686 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2687 if it is the first thing in the file.
2688
2689 @node Epilogue
2690 @subsection The epilogue
2691 @cindex additional C code section
2692 @cindex epilogue
2693 @cindex C code, section for additional
2694
2695 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2696 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2697 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2698 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2699 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2700 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2701 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2702 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2703 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2704
2705 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2706 from the grammar rules.
2707
2708 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2709 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2710 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2711 of the grammar file.
2712
2713 @node Symbols
2714 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2715 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2716 @cindex terminal symbol
2717 @cindex token type
2718 @cindex symbol
2719
2720 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2721 of the language.
2722
2723 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2724 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2725 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2726 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2727 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2728 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2729 the symbol to stand for it.
2730
2731 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2732 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2733 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2734
2735 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2736 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2737
2738 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2739
2740 @itemize @bullet
2741 @item
2742 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2743 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2744 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2745 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2746
2747 @item
2748 @cindex character token
2749 @cindex literal token
2750 @cindex single-character literal
2751 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2752 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2753 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2754 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2755 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2756 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2757 ,Operator Precedence}).
2758
2759 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2760 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2761 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2762 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2763 your program will confuse other readers.
2764
2765 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2766 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2767 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2768 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2769 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2770 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2771 allowed.
2772
2773 @item
2774 @cindex string token
2775 @cindex literal string token
2776 @cindex multicharacter literal
2777 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2778 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2779 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2780 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2781 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2782
2783 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2784 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2785 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2786 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2787 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2788
2789 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2790
2791 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2792 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2793 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2794 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2795 read your program will be confused.
2796
2797 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2798 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2799 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2800 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2801 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2802 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2803 @end itemize
2804
2805 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2806 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2807 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2808
2809 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2810 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2811 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2812 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2813 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2814 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2815 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2816 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2817 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2818 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2819 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2820 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2821
2822 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2823 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2824 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2825 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2826 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2827
2828 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2829 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2830 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2831 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2832 characters in the following C-language string:
2833
2834 @example
2835 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2836 @end example
2837
2838 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2839 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2840 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2841 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2842 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2843 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2844 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2845 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2847 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2848 compiling them.
2849
2850 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2851 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2852 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2853 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2854 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2855
2856 @node Rules
2857 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2858 @cindex rule syntax
2859 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2860 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2861
2862 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2863
2864 @example
2865 @group
2866 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2867 ;
2868 @end group
2869 @end example
2870
2871 @noindent
2872 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2873 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2874 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2875
2876 For example,
2877
2878 @example
2879 @group
2880 exp: exp '+' exp
2881 ;
2882 @end group
2883 @end example
2884
2885 @noindent
2886 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2887 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2888
2889 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2890 extra white space as you wish.
2891
2892 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2893 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2894
2895 @example
2896 @{@var{C statements}@}
2897 @end example
2898
2899 @noindent
2900 @cindex braced code
2901 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2902 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2903 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2904 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2905 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2906
2907 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2908 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2909 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2910 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2911 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2912 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2913 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2914 character constants.
2915
2916 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2917 @xref{Actions}.
2918
2919 @findex |
2920 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2921 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2922
2923 @example
2924 @group
2925 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2926 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2927 @dots{}
2928 ;
2929 @end group
2930 @end example
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2934
2935 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2936 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2937 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2938
2939 @example
2940 @group
2941 expseq: /* empty */
2942 | expseq1
2943 ;
2944 @end group
2945
2946 @group
2947 expseq1: exp
2948 | expseq1 ',' exp
2949 ;
2950 @end group
2951 @end example
2952
2953 @noindent
2954 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2955 with no components.
2956
2957 @node Recursion
2958 @section Recursive Rules
2959 @cindex recursive rule
2960
2961 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2962 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2963 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2964 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2965 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2966
2967 @example
2968 @group
2969 expseq1: exp
2970 | expseq1 ',' exp
2971 ;
2972 @end group
2973 @end example
2974
2975 @cindex left recursion
2976 @cindex right recursion
2977 @noindent
2978 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2979 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2980 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2981
2982 @example
2983 @group
2984 expseq1: exp
2985 | exp ',' expseq1
2986 ;
2987 @end group
2988 @end example
2989
2990 @noindent
2991 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2992 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2993 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2994 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2995 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2996 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2997 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2998 of this.
2999
3000 @cindex mutual recursion
3001 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3002 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3003 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3004 side.
3005
3006 For example:
3007
3008 @example
3009 @group
3010 expr: primary
3011 | primary '+' primary
3012 ;
3013 @end group
3014
3015 @group
3016 primary: constant
3017 | '(' expr ')'
3018 ;
3019 @end group
3020 @end example
3021
3022 @noindent
3023 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3024 other.
3025
3026 @node Semantics
3027 @section Defining Language Semantics
3028 @cindex defining language semantics
3029 @cindex language semantics, defining
3030
3031 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3032 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3033 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3034
3035 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3036 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3037 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3038 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3039
3040 @menu
3041 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3042 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3043 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3044 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3045 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3046 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3047 action in the middle of a rule.
3048 @end menu
3049
3050 @node Value Type
3051 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3052 @cindex semantic value type
3053 @cindex value type, semantic
3054 @cindex data types of semantic values
3055 @cindex default data type
3056
3057 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3058 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3059 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3060 Notation Calculator}).
3061
3062 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3063 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3064
3065 @example
3066 #define YYSTYPE double
3067 @end example
3068
3069 @noindent
3070 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3071 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3072
3073 @node Multiple Types
3074 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3075
3076 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3077 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3078 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3079 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3080 symbol table.
3081
3082 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3083 requires you to do two things:
3084
3085 @itemize @bullet
3086 @item
3087 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3088 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3089 Value Types}).
3090
3091 @item
3092 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3093 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3094 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3095 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3096 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3097 @end itemize
3098
3099 @node Actions
3100 @subsection Actions
3101 @cindex action
3102 @vindex $$
3103 @vindex $@var{n}
3104
3105 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3106 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3107 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3108 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3109
3110 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3111 placed at any position in the rule;
3112 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3113 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3114 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3115 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3116
3117 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3118 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3119 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3120 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3121 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3122 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3123 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3124
3125 Here is a typical example:
3126
3127 @example
3128 @group
3129 exp: @dots{}
3130 | exp '+' exp
3131 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3132 @end group
3133 @end example
3134
3135 @noindent
3136 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3137 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3138 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3139 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3140 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3141 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3142 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3143 referred to as @code{$2}.
3144
3145 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3146 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3147 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3148 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3149 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3150
3151 @example
3152 @group
3153 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3154 @end group
3155 @end example
3156
3157 @cindex default action
3158 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3159 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3160 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3161 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3162 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3163 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3164
3165 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3166 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3167 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3168 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3169 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3170
3171 @example
3172 @group
3173 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3174 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3175 ;
3176 @end group
3177
3178 @group
3179 bar: /* empty */
3180 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3181 ;
3182 @end group
3183 @end example
3184
3185 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3186 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3187 definition of @code{foo}.
3188
3189 @vindex yylval
3190 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3191 any, from a semantic action.
3192 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3193 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3194
3195 @node Action Types
3196 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3197 @cindex action data types
3198 @cindex data types in actions
3199
3200 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3201 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3202
3203 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3204 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3205 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3206 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3207 in the rule. In this example,
3208
3209 @example
3210 @group
3211 exp: @dots{}
3212 | exp '+' exp
3213 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3214 @end group
3215 @end example
3216
3217 @noindent
3218 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3219 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3220 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3221 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3222
3223 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3224 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3225 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3226
3227 @example
3228 @group
3229 %union @{
3230 int itype;
3231 double dtype;
3232 @}
3233 @end group
3234 @end example
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3238 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3239
3240 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3241 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3242 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3243 @cindex mid-rule actions
3244
3245 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3246 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3247 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3248
3249 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3250 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3251 it is run before they are parsed.
3252
3253 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3254 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3255 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3256 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3257 @code{$@var{n}}.
3258
3259 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3260 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3261 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3262 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3263 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3264 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3265
3266 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3267 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3268 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3269 at the end of the rule.
3270
3271 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3272 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3273 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3274 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3275 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3276 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3277
3278 @example
3279 @group
3280 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3281 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3282 declare_variable ($3); @}
3283 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3284 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3285 @end group
3286 @end example
3287
3288 @noindent
3289 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3290 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3291 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3292 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3293 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3294 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3295 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3296 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3297
3298 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3299 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3300 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3301 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3302 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3303
3304 @findex %destructor
3305 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3306 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3307 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3308 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3309 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3310 restoring it.
3311 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3312 Discarded Symbols}).
3313 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3314 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3315
3316 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3317 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3318
3319 @example
3320 @group
3321 %type <context> let
3322 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3323
3324 %%
3325
3326 stmt: let stmt
3327 @{ $$ = $2;
3328 pop_context ($1); @}
3329 ;
3330
3331 let: LET '(' var ')'
3332 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3333 declare_variable ($3); @}
3334 ;
3335
3336 @end group
3337 @end example
3338
3339 @noindent
3340 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3341 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3342 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3343
3344 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3345 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3346 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3347 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3348 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3349 declaration or not:
3350
3351 @example
3352 @group
3353 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3354 | '@{' statements '@}'
3355 ;
3356 @end group
3357 @end example
3358
3359 @noindent
3360 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3361
3362 @example
3363 @group
3364 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3365 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3366 @end group
3367 @group
3368 | '@{' statements '@}'
3369 ;
3370 @end group
3371 @end example
3372
3373 @noindent
3374 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3375 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3376 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3377 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3378 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3379 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3380
3381 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3382 actions into the two rules, like this:
3383
3384 @example
3385 @group
3386 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3387 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3388 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3389 '@{' statements '@}'
3390 ;
3391 @end group
3392 @end example
3393
3394 @noindent
3395 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3396 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3397
3398 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3399 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3400 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3401
3402 @example
3403 @group
3404 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3405 declarations statements '@}'
3406 | '@{' statements '@}'
3407 ;
3408 @end group
3409 @end example
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3413 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3414
3415 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3416 serves as a subroutine:
3417
3418 @example
3419 @group
3420 subroutine: /* empty */
3421 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3422 ;
3423
3424 @end group
3425
3426 @group
3427 compound: subroutine
3428 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3429 | subroutine
3430 '@{' statements '@}'
3431 ;
3432 @end group
3433 @end example
3434
3435 @noindent
3436 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3437 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3438
3439 @node Locations
3440 @section Tracking Locations
3441 @cindex location
3442 @cindex textual location
3443 @cindex location, textual
3444
3445 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3446 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3447 especially symbol locations.
3448
3449 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3450 actions to take when rules are matched.
3451
3452 @menu
3453 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3454 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3455 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3456 @end menu
3457
3458 @node Location Type
3459 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3460 @cindex data type of locations
3461 @cindex default location type
3462
3463 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3464 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3465
3466 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3467 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3468 four members:
3469
3470 @example
3471 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3472 @{
3473 int first_line;
3474 int first_column;
3475 int last_line;
3476 int last_column;
3477 @} YYLTYPE;
3478 @end example
3479
3480 @node Actions and Locations
3481 @subsection Actions and Locations
3482 @cindex location actions
3483 @cindex actions, location
3484 @vindex @@$
3485 @vindex @@@var{n}
3486
3487 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3488 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3489
3490 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3491 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3492 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3493 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3494 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3495 @code{@@$}.
3496
3497 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3498
3499 @example
3500 @group
3501 exp: @dots{}
3502 | exp '/' exp
3503 @{
3504 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3505 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3506 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3507 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3508 if ($3)
3509 $$ = $1 / $3;
3510 else
3511 @{
3512 $$ = 1;
3513 fprintf (stderr,
3514 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3515 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3516 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3517 @}
3518 @}
3519 @end group
3520 @end example
3521
3522 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3523 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3524 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3525 last symbol.
3526
3527 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3528 example above simply rewrites this way:
3529
3530 @example
3531 @group
3532 exp: @dots{}
3533 | exp '/' exp
3534 @{
3535 if ($3)
3536 $$ = $1 / $3;
3537 else
3538 @{
3539 $$ = 1;
3540 fprintf (stderr,
3541 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3542 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3543 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3544 @}
3545 @}
3546 @end group
3547 @end example
3548
3549 @vindex yylloc
3550 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3551 from a semantic action.
3552 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3553 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3554
3555 @node Location Default Action
3556 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3557 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3558 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3559
3560 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3561 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3562 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3563 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3564 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3565 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3566 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3567 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3568 of that ambiguity.
3569
3570 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3571 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3572
3573 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3574 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3575 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3576 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3577 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3578 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3579 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3580 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3581 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3582 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3583
3584 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3585
3586 @smallexample
3587 @group
3588 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3589 do \
3590 if (N) \
3591 @{ \
3592 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3593 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3594 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3595 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3596 @} \
3597 else \
3598 @{ \
3599 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3600 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3601 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3602 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3603 @} \
3604 while (0)
3605 @end group
3606 @end smallexample
3607
3608 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3609 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3610 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3611
3612 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3613
3614 @itemize @bullet
3615 @item
3616 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3617 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3618
3619 @item
3620 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3621 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3622 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3623 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3624
3625 @item
3626 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3627 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3628 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3629 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3630 @end itemize
3631
3632 @node Declarations
3633 @section Bison Declarations
3634 @cindex declarations, Bison
3635 @cindex Bison declarations
3636
3637 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3638 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3639 @xref{Symbols}.
3640
3641 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3642 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3643 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3644 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3645
3646 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3647 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3648 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3649 Grammars}).
3650
3651 @menu
3652 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3653 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3654 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3655 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3656 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3657 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3658 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3659 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3660 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3661 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3662 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3663 @end menu
3664
3665 @node Require Decl
3666 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3667 @cindex version requirement
3668 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3669 @findex %require
3670
3671 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3672 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3673 status 63).
3674
3675 @example
3676 %require "@var{version}"
3677 @end example
3678
3679 @node Token Decl
3680 @subsection Token Type Names
3681 @cindex declaring token type names
3682 @cindex token type names, declaring
3683 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3684 @findex %token
3685
3686 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3687
3688 @example
3689 %token @var{name}
3690 @end example
3691
3692 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3693 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3694 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3695
3696 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3697 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3698 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3699 Precedence}.
3700
3701 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3702 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3703 following the token name:
3704
3705 @example
3706 %token NUM 300
3707 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3708 @end example
3709
3710 @noindent
3711 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3712 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3713 with each other or with normal characters.
3714
3715 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3716 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3717 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3718 Than One Value Type}).
3719
3720 For example:
3721
3722 @example
3723 @group
3724 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3725 double val;
3726 symrec *tptr;
3727 @}
3728 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3729 @end group
3730 @end example
3731
3732 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3733 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3734 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3735
3736 @example
3737 %token arrow "=>"
3738 @end example
3739
3740 @noindent
3741 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3742 equivalent literal string tokens:
3743
3744 @example
3745 %token <operator> OR "||"
3746 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3747 %left OR "<="
3748 @end example
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3752 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3753 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3754 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3755
3756 @node Precedence Decl
3757 @subsection Operator Precedence
3758 @cindex precedence declarations
3759 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3760 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3761
3762 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3763 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3764 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3765 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3766 operator precedence.
3767
3768 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3769 @code{%token}: either
3770
3771 @example
3772 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3773 @end example
3774
3775 @noindent
3776 or
3777
3778 @example
3779 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3780 @end example
3781
3782 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3783 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3784 all the @var{symbols}:
3785
3786 @itemize @bullet
3787 @item
3788 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3789 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3790 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3791 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3792 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3793 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3794 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3795 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3796 considered a syntax error.
3797
3798 @item
3799 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3800 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3801 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3802 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3803 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3804 @end itemize
3805
3806 @node Union Decl
3807 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3808 @cindex declaring value types
3809 @cindex value types, declaring
3810 @findex %union
3811
3812 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3813 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3814 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3815 @code{union} in C@.
3816
3817 For example:
3818
3819 @example
3820 @group
3821 %union @{
3822 double val;
3823 symrec *tptr;
3824 @}
3825 @end group
3826 @end example
3827
3828 @noindent
3829 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3830 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3831 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3832 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3833
3834 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3835 @code{union}. For example:
3836
3837 @example
3838 @group
3839 %union value @{
3840 double val;
3841 symrec *tptr;
3842 @}
3843 @end group
3844 @end example
3845
3846 @noindent
3847 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3848 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3849 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3850
3851 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3852 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3853 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3854
3855 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3856 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3857
3858 @node Type Decl
3859 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3860 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3861 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3862 @findex %type
3863
3864 @noindent
3865 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3866 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3867 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3868
3869 @example
3870 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3871 @end example
3872
3873 @noindent
3874 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3875 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3876 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3877 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3878 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3879 the symbol names.
3880
3881 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3882 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3883 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3884 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3885
3886 @node Initial Action Decl
3887 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3888 @findex %initial-action
3889
3890 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3891 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3892 code.
3893
3894 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3895 @findex %initial-action
3896 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3897 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3898 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3899 @code{%parse-param}.
3900 @end deffn
3901
3902 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3903
3904 @example
3905 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3906 %initial-action
3907 @{
3908 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3909 @};
3910 @end example
3911
3912
3913 @node Destructor Decl
3914 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3915 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3916 @findex %destructor
3917
3918 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3919 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3920 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3921 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3922 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3923 must discard the start symbol.
3924
3925 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3926 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3927 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3928 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3929
3930 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3931 symbol is automatically discarded.
3932
3933 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3934 @findex %destructor
3935 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3936 @var{symbols}.
3937 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3938 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3939 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3940 @code{yyparse}}).
3941 @end deffn
3942
3943 For instance:
3944
3945 @smallexample
3946 %union
3947 @{
3948 char *string;
3949 @}
3950 %token <string> STRING
3951 %type <string> string
3952 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3953 @end smallexample
3954
3955 @noindent
3956 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3957 its associated memory will be freed.
3958
3959 @sp 1
3960
3961 @cindex discarded symbols
3962 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3963
3964 @itemize
3965 @item
3966 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3967 @item
3968 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3969 @item
3970 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3971 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3972 @item
3973 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3974 @end itemize
3975
3976 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3977 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3978 exhaustion.
3979
3980 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3981 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3982 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3983 the memory.
3984
3985 @node Expect Decl
3986 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3987 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3988 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3989 @cindex warnings, preventing
3990 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3991 @findex %expect
3992 @findex %expect-rr
3993
3994 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3995 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3996 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3997 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3998 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3999 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4000
4001 The declaration looks like this:
4002
4003 @example
4004 %expect @var{n}
4005 @end example
4006
4007 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4008 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4009 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4010 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4011
4012 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4013 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4014 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4015 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4016 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4017 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4018 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4019
4020 @example
4021 %expect-rr @var{n}
4022 @end example
4023
4024 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4025
4026 @itemize @bullet
4027 @item
4028 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4029 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4030 print the number of conflicts.
4031
4032 @item
4033 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4034 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4035 go back to the beginning.
4036
4037 @item
4038 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4039 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4040 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4041 @end itemize
4042
4043 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4044 will keep silent otherwise.
4045
4046 @node Start Decl
4047 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4048 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4049 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4050 @cindex default start symbol
4051 @findex %start
4052
4053 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4054 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4055 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4056
4057 @example
4058 %start @var{symbol}
4059 @end example
4060
4061 @node Pure Decl
4062 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4063 @cindex reentrant parser
4064 @cindex pure parser
4065 @findex %pure-parser
4066
4067 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4068 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4069 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4070 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4071 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4072 program must be called only within interlocks.
4073
4074 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4075 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4076 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4077 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4078 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4079
4080 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4081 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4082 reentrant. It looks like this:
4083
4084 @example
4085 %pure-parser
4086 @end example
4087
4088 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4089 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4090 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4091 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4092 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4093 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4094 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4095 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4096
4097 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4098 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4099 valid grammar.
4100
4101 @node Decl Summary
4102 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4103 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4104 @cindex declaration summary
4105 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4106
4107 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4108
4109 @deffn {Directive} %union
4110 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4111 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4112 @end deffn
4113
4114 @deffn {Directive} %token
4115 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4116 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4117 @end deffn
4118
4119 @deffn {Directive} %right
4120 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4121 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4122 @end deffn
4123
4124 @deffn {Directive} %left
4125 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4126 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4130 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4131 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4132 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4133 @end deffn
4134
4135 @ifset defaultprec
4136 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4137 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4138 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4139 @end deffn
4140 @end ifset
4141
4142 @deffn {Directive} %type
4143 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4144 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @deffn {Directive} %start
4148 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4149 Start-Symbol}).
4150 @end deffn
4151
4152 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4153 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4154 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4155 @end deffn
4156
4157
4158 @sp 1
4159 @noindent
4160 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4161 directives:
4162
4163 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4164 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4165 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4166 @end deffn
4167 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4168
4169 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4170 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4171 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4172 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4173 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4174
4175 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4176 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4177 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4178 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4179 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4180 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4181 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4182 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4183
4184 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4185 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4186 Parser}.
4187
4188 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4189 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4190 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4191 Locations}.
4192
4193 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4194 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4195 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4196 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4197 Tokens}.
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4201 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4202 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4206 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4207 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4211 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4212 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4213 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4214 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4215 accurate syntax error messages.
4216 @end deffn
4217
4218 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4219 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4220 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4221 in C parsers
4222 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4223 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4224 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4225 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4226 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4227 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4228 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4229 @end deffn
4230
4231 @ifset defaultprec
4232 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4233 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4234 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4235 Precedence}).
4236 @end deffn
4237 @end ifset
4238
4239 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4240 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4241 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4242 declarations.
4243
4244 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4245 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4246 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4247 @end deffn
4248
4249 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4250 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4251 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4252 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4253 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4254 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4255 file in its own right.
4256 @end deffn
4257
4258 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4259 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4260 @end deffn
4261
4262 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4263 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4264 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4268 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4269 Require a Version of Bison}.
4270 @end deffn
4271
4272 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4273 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4274 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4275 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4276 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4277 @code{"$end"},
4278 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4279 defined in the grammar file.
4280
4281 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4282 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4283 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4284 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4285 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4286 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4287 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4288 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4289
4290 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4291 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4292 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4293
4294 @table @code
4295 @item YYNTOKENS
4296 The highest token number, plus one.
4297 @item YYNNTS
4298 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4299 @item YYNRULES
4300 The number of grammar rules,
4301 @item YYNSTATES
4302 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4303 @end table
4304 @end deffn
4305
4306 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4307 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4308 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4309 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4310 information.
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4314 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4315 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4316 @end deffn
4317
4318
4319 @node Multiple Parsers
4320 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4321
4322 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4323 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4324 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4325 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4326
4327 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4328 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4329 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4330 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4331 names that do not conflict.
4332
4333 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4334 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4335 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4336 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4337
4338 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4339 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4340 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4341 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4342 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4343
4344 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4345 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4346 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4347 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4348
4349 @node Interface
4350 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4351 @cindex C-language interface
4352 @cindex interface
4353
4354 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4355 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4356 functions that it needs to use.
4357
4358 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4359 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4360 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4361 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4362
4363 @menu
4364 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4365 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4366 which reads tokens.
4367 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4368 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4369 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4370 native language.
4371 @end menu
4372
4373 @node Parser Function
4374 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4375 @findex yyparse
4376
4377 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4378 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4379 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4380 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4381 without reading further.
4382
4383
4384 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4385 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4386 is due to end-of-input).
4387
4388 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4389 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4390 invoked.
4391
4392 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4393 @end deftypefun
4394
4395 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4396 these macros:
4397
4398 @defmac YYACCEPT
4399 @findex YYACCEPT
4400 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4401 @end defmac
4402
4403 @defmac YYABORT
4404 @findex YYABORT
4405 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4406 @end defmac
4407
4408 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4409 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4410 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4411
4412 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4413 @findex %parse-param
4414 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4415 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4416 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4417 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4418 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4419 @end deffn
4420
4421 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4422
4423 @example
4424 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4425 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4426 @end example
4427
4428 @noindent
4429 Then call the parser like this:
4430
4431 @example
4432 @{
4433 int nastiness, randomness;
4434 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4435 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4436 @dots{}
4437 @}
4438 @end example
4439
4440 @noindent
4441 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4442
4443 @example
4444 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4445 @end example
4446
4447
4448 @node Lexical
4449 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4450 @findex yylex
4451 @cindex lexical analyzer
4452
4453 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4454 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4455 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4456 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4457
4458 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4459 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4460 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4461 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4462 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4463 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4464 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4465
4466 @menu
4467 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4468 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4469 of the token it has read.
4470 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4471 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4472 actions want that.
4473 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4474 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4475 @end menu
4476
4477 @node Calling Convention
4478 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4479
4480 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4481 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4482 signifies end-of-input.
4483
4484 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4485 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4486 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4487 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4488
4489 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4490 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4491 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4492 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4493 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4494 signifies end-of-input.
4495
4496 Here is an example showing these things:
4497
4498 @example
4499 int
4500 yylex (void)
4501 @{
4502 @dots{}
4503 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4504 return 0;
4505 @dots{}
4506 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4507 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4508 @dots{}
4509 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4510 @dots{}
4511 @}
4512 @end example
4513
4514 @noindent
4515 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4516 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4517
4518 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4519 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4520
4521 @itemize @bullet
4522 @item
4523 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4524 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4525 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4526 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4527
4528 @item
4529 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4530 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4531 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4532 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4533 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4534 to Bison.
4535
4536 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4537 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4538 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4539 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4540
4541 @smallexample
4542 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4543 @{
4544 if (yytname[i] != 0
4545 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4546 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4547 strlen (token_buffer))
4548 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4549 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4550 break;
4551 @}
4552 @end smallexample
4553
4554 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4555 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4556 @end itemize
4557
4558 @node Token Values
4559 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4560
4561 @vindex yylval
4562 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4563 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4564 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4565 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4566 @code{yylex}:
4567
4568 @example
4569 @group
4570 @dots{}
4571 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4572 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4573 @dots{}
4574 @end group
4575 @end example
4576
4577 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4578 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4579 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4580 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4581 declaration looks like this:
4582
4583 @example
4584 @group
4585 %union @{
4586 int intval;
4587 double val;
4588 symrec *tptr;
4589 @}
4590 @end group
4591 @end example
4592
4593 @noindent
4594 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4595
4596 @example
4597 @group
4598 @dots{}
4599 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4600 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4601 @dots{}
4602 @end group
4603 @end example
4604
4605 @node Token Locations
4606 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4607
4608 @vindex yylloc
4609 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4610 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4611 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4612 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4613 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4614 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4615
4616 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4617 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4618 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4619 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4620 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4621
4622 @tindex YYLTYPE
4623 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4624
4625 @node Pure Calling
4626 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4627
4628 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4629 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4630 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4631 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4632 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4633 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4634 pointers.
4635
4636 @example
4637 int
4638 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4639 @{
4640 @dots{}
4641 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4642 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4643 @dots{}
4644 @}
4645 @end example
4646
4647 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4648 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4649 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4650 only one argument.
4651
4652
4653 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4654 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4655 Function}).
4656
4657 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4658 @findex %lex-param
4659 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4660 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4661 @end deffn
4662
4663 For instance:
4664
4665 @example
4666 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4667 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4668 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4669 @end example
4670
4671 @noindent
4672 results in the following signature:
4673
4674 @example
4675 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4676 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4677 @end example
4678
4679 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4680
4681 @example
4682 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4683 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4684 @end example
4685
4686 @noindent
4687 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4688
4689 @example
4690 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4691 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4692 @end example
4693
4694 @node Error Reporting
4695 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4696 @cindex error reporting function
4697 @findex yyerror
4698 @cindex parse error
4699 @cindex syntax error
4700
4701 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4702 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4703 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4704 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4705 in Actions}).
4706
4707 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4708 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4709 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4710 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4711 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4712
4713 @findex %error-verbose
4714 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4715 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4716 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4717 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4718
4719 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4720 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4721 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4722 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4723 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4724 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4725
4726 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4727 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4728 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4729
4730 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4731
4732 @example
4733 @group
4734 void
4735 yyerror (char const *s)
4736 @{
4737 @end group
4738 @group
4739 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4740 @}
4741 @end group
4742 @end example
4743
4744 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4745 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4746 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4747 immediately return 1.
4748
4749 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4750 an access to the current location.
4751 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4752 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4753 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4754 @code{yyerror} are:
4755
4756 @example
4757 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4758 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4759 @end example
4760
4761 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4762
4763 @example
4764 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4765 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4766 @end example
4767
4768 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4769 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4770 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4771 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4772
4773 @example
4774 /* Location tracking. */
4775 %locations
4776 /* Pure yylex. */
4777 %pure-parser
4778 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4779 /* Pure yyparse. */
4780 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4781 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4782 @end example
4783
4784 @noindent
4785 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4786
4787 @example
4788 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4789 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4790 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4791 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4792 char const *msg);
4793 @end example
4794
4795 @noindent
4796 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4797 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4798 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4799 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4800 message is always passed last.
4801
4802 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4803 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4804 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4805 @code{yyerror}.
4806
4807 @vindex yynerrs
4808 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4809 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4810 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4811 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4812
4813 @node Action Features
4814 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4815 @cindex summary, action features
4816 @cindex action features summary
4817
4818 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4819 are useful in actions.
4820
4821 @deffn {Variable} $$
4822 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4823 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4827 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4828 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4829 @end deffn
4830
4831 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4832 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4833 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4834 Types of Values in Actions}.
4835 @end deffn
4836
4837 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4838 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4839 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4840 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4844 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4845 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4849 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4850 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4851 @end deffn
4852
4853 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4854 @findex YYBACKUP
4855 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4856 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4857 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4858 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4859 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4860 going to be reduced by this rule.
4861
4862 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4863 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4864 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4865 recovery.
4866
4867 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4868 @end deffn
4869
4870 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4871 @vindex YYEMPTY
4872 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4876 @vindex YYEOF
4877 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4878 stream.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4882 @findex YYERROR
4883 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4884 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4885 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4886 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4887 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4888 @end deffn
4889
4890 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4891 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4892 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4893 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4897 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4898 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4899 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4900 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4901 Actions}).
4902 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4903 @end deffn
4904
4905 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4906 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4907 error rules.
4908 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4909 Semantic Actions}).
4910 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4914 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4915 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4916 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4920 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4921 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4922 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4923 Actions}).
4924 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4928 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4929 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4930 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4931 Actions}).
4932 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4933 @end deffn
4934
4935 @deffn {Value} @@$
4936 @findex @@$
4937 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4938 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4939 Tracking Locations}.
4940
4941 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4942
4943 @c @example
4944 @c struct @{
4945 @c int first_line, last_line;
4946 @c int first_column, last_column;
4947 @c @};
4948 @c @end example
4949
4950 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4951 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4952
4953 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4954 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4955 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4956 @c those members.
4957
4958 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4962 @findex @@@var{n}
4963 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4964 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4965 Tracking Locations}.
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @node Internationalization
4969 @section Parser Internationalization
4970 @cindex internationalization
4971 @cindex i18n
4972 @cindex NLS
4973 @cindex gettext
4974 @cindex bison-po
4975
4976 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4977 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4978 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4979 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4980 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4981 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4982 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4983 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4984 installation.
4985
4986 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4987 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4988 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4989 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4990
4991 @enumerate
4992 @item
4993 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4994 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4995 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4996 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4997 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4998 For example:
4999
5000 @example
5001 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5002 @end example
5003
5004 @item
5005 @findex BISON_I18N
5006 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5007 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5008 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5009 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5010 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5011 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5012 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5013 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5014 Bison-generated parser.
5015
5016 @item
5017 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5018 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5019 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5020 For example:
5021
5022 @example
5023 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5024 @end example
5025
5026 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5027 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5028 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5029 @file{Makefile}.
5030
5031 @item
5032 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5033 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5034 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5035
5036 @example
5037 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5038 @end example
5039
5040 or:
5041
5042 @example
5043 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5044 @end example
5045
5046 @item
5047 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5048 infrastructure.
5049 @end enumerate
5050
5051
5052 @node Algorithm
5053 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5054 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5055 @cindex algorithm of parser
5056 @cindex shifting
5057 @cindex reduction
5058 @cindex parser stack
5059 @cindex stack, parser
5060
5061 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5062 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5063 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5064
5065 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5066 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5067 that was shifted.
5068
5069 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5070 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5071 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5072 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5073 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5074 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5075 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5076
5077 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5078
5079 @example
5080 1 + 5 * 3
5081 @end example
5082
5083 @noindent
5084 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5085 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5086
5087 @example
5088 expr: expr '*' expr;
5089 @end example
5090
5091 @noindent
5092 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5093
5094 @example
5095 1 + 15
5096 @end example
5097
5098 @noindent
5099 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5100 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5101
5102 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5103 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5104 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5105
5106 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5107
5108 @menu
5109 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5110 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5111 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5112 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5113 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5114 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5115 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5116 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5117 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5118 @end menu
5119
5120 @node Look-Ahead
5121 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5122 @cindex look-ahead token
5123
5124 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5125 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5126 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5127 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5128 token in order to decide what to do.
5129
5130 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5131 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5132 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5133 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5134 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5135 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5136 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5137 application.
5138
5139 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5140 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5141 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5142
5143 @example
5144 @group
5145 expr: term '+' expr
5146 | term
5147 ;
5148 @end group
5149
5150 @group
5151 term: '(' expr ')'
5152 | term '!'
5153 | NUMBER
5154 ;
5155 @end group
5156 @end example
5157
5158 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5159 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5160 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5161 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5162 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5163
5164 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5165 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5166 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5167 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5168 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5169 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5170
5171 @vindex yychar
5172 @vindex yylval
5173 @vindex yylloc
5174 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5175 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5176 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5177 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5178
5179 @node Shift/Reduce
5180 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5181 @cindex conflicts
5182 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5183 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5184 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5185
5186 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5187 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5188
5189 @example
5190 @group
5191 if_stmt:
5192 IF expr THEN stmt
5193 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5194 ;
5195 @end group
5196 @end example
5197
5198 @noindent
5199 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5200 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5201
5202 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5203 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5204 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5205 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5206 rule.
5207
5208 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5209 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5210 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5211 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5212 contrast it with the other alternative.
5213
5214 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5215 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5216 equivalent:
5217
5218 @example
5219 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5220
5221 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5222 @end example
5223
5224 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5225 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5226 making these two inputs equivalent:
5227
5228 @example
5229 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5230
5231 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5232 @end example
5233
5234 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5235 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5236 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5237 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5238 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5239 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5240 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5241 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5242
5243 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5244 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5245 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5246 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5247
5248 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5249 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5250 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5251 conflict:
5252
5253 @example
5254 @group
5255 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5256 %%
5257 @end group
5258 @group
5259 stmt: expr
5260 | if_stmt
5261 ;
5262 @end group
5263
5264 @group
5265 if_stmt:
5266 IF expr THEN stmt
5267 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5268 ;
5269 @end group
5270
5271 expr: variable
5272 ;
5273 @end example
5274
5275 @node Precedence
5276 @section Operator Precedence
5277 @cindex operator precedence
5278 @cindex precedence of operators
5279
5280 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5281 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5282 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5283 shift and when to reduce.
5284
5285 @menu
5286 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5287 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5288 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5289 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5290 @end menu
5291
5292 @node Why Precedence
5293 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5294
5295 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5296 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5297
5298 @example
5299 @group
5300 expr: expr '-' expr
5301 | expr '*' expr
5302 | expr '<' expr
5303 | '(' expr ')'
5304 @dots{}
5305 ;
5306 @end group
5307 @end example
5308
5309 @noindent
5310 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5311 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5312 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5313 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5314 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5315 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5316 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5317 different results.
5318
5319 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5320 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5321 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5322 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5323 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5324 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5325 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5326 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5327 @samp{<}.
5328
5329 @cindex associativity
5330 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5331 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5332 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5333 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5334 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5335 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5336 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5337 makes right-associativity.
5338
5339 @node Using Precedence
5340 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5341 @findex %left
5342 @findex %right
5343 @findex %nonassoc
5344
5345 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5346 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5347 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5348 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5349 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5350 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5351 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5352 row''.
5353
5354 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5355 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5356 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5357 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5358 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5359
5360 @node Precedence Examples
5361 @subsection Precedence Examples
5362
5363 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5364
5365 @example
5366 %left '<'
5367 %left '-'
5368 %left '*'
5369 @end example
5370
5371 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5372 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5373 declared with @code{'-'}:
5374
5375 @example
5376 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5377 %left '+' '-'
5378 %left '*' '/'
5379 @end example
5380
5381 @noindent
5382 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5383 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5384 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5385
5386 @node How Precedence
5387 @subsection How Precedence Works
5388
5389 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5390 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5391 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5392 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5393 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5394 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5395
5396 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5397 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5398 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5399 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5400 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5401 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5402 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5403 resolved.
5404
5405 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5406 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5407
5408 @node Contextual Precedence
5409 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5410 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5411 @cindex unary operator precedence
5412 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5413 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5414 @findex %prec
5415
5416 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5417 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5418 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5419 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5420
5421 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5422 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5423 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5424 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5425 modifier for rules.
5426
5427 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5428 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5429 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5430 modifier's syntax is:
5431
5432 @example
5433 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5434 @end example
5435
5436 @noindent
5437 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5438 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5439 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5440 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5441 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5442
5443 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5444 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5445 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5446 precedence:
5447
5448 @example
5449 @dots{}
5450 %left '+' '-'
5451 %left '*'
5452 %left UMINUS
5453 @end example
5454
5455 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5456
5457 @example
5458 @group
5459 exp: @dots{}
5460 | exp '-' exp
5461 @dots{}
5462 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5463 @end group
5464 @end example
5465
5466 @ifset defaultprec
5467 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5468 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5469 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5470 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5471
5472 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5473 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5474 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5475 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5476
5477 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5478 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5479 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5480 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5481 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5482 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5483
5484 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5485 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5486 @end ifset
5487
5488 @node Parser States
5489 @section Parser States
5490 @cindex finite-state machine
5491 @cindex parser state
5492 @cindex state (of parser)
5493
5494 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5495 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5496 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5497 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5498 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5499
5500 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5501 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5502 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5503 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5504 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5505 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5506 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5507 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5508 pushed.
5509
5510 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5511 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5512 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5513
5514 @node Reduce/Reduce
5515 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5516 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5517 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5518
5519 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5520 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5521 in the grammar.
5522
5523 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5524 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5525
5526 @example
5527 sequence: /* empty */
5528 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5529 | maybeword
5530 | sequence word
5531 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5532 ;
5533
5534 maybeword: /* empty */
5535 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5536 | word
5537 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5538 ;
5539 @end example
5540
5541 @noindent
5542 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5543 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5544 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5545 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5546 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5547 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5548
5549 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5550 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5551 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5552
5553 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5554 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5555 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5556 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5557 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5558
5559 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5560 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5561 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5562 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5563
5564 @example
5565 sequence: /* empty */
5566 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5567 | sequence word
5568 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5569 ;
5570 @end example
5571
5572 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5573
5574 @example
5575 sequence: /* empty */
5576 | sequence words
5577 | sequence redirects
5578 ;
5579
5580 words: /* empty */
5581 | words word
5582 ;
5583
5584 redirects:/* empty */
5585 | redirects redirect
5586 ;
5587 @end example
5588
5589 @noindent
5590 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5591 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5592 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5593 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5594 in infinitely many ways!
5595
5596 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5597 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5598 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5599 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5600
5601 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5602 of sequence:
5603
5604 @example
5605 sequence: /* empty */
5606 | sequence word
5607 | sequence redirect
5608 ;
5609 @end example
5610
5611 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5612 from being empty:
5613
5614 @example
5615 sequence: /* empty */
5616 | sequence words
5617 | sequence redirects
5618 ;
5619
5620 words: word
5621 | words word
5622 ;
5623
5624 redirects:redirect
5625 | redirects redirect
5626 ;
5627 @end example
5628
5629 @node Mystery Conflicts
5630 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5631
5632 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5633 Here is an example:
5634
5635 @example
5636 @group
5637 %token ID
5638
5639 %%
5640 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5641 ;
5642 param_spec:
5643 type
5644 | name_list ':' type
5645 ;
5646 @end group
5647 @group
5648 return_spec:
5649 type
5650 | name ':' type
5651 ;
5652 @end group
5653 @group
5654 type: ID
5655 ;
5656 @end group
5657 @group
5658 name: ID
5659 ;
5660 name_list:
5661 name
5662 | name ',' name_list
5663 ;
5664 @end group
5665 @end example
5666
5667 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5668 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5669 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5670 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5671
5672 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5673 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5674 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5675 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5676 an @code{ID}
5677 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5678 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5679 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5680 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5681 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5682 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5683 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5684 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5685 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5686
5687 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5688 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5689 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5690 and tend to
5691 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5692 as it is now.
5693
5694 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5695 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5696 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5697 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5698
5699 @example
5700 @group
5701 %token BOGUS
5702 @dots{}
5703 %%
5704 @dots{}
5705 return_spec:
5706 type
5707 | name ':' type
5708 /* This rule is never used. */
5709 | ID BOGUS
5710 ;
5711 @end group
5712 @end example
5713
5714 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5715 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5716 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5717 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5718 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5719 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5720
5721 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5722 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5723 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5724 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5725 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5726 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5727
5728 @example
5729 param_spec:
5730 type
5731 | name_list ':' type
5732 ;
5733 return_spec:
5734 type
5735 | ID ':' type
5736 ;
5737 @end example
5738
5739 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5740 generators, please see:
5741 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5742 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5743 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5744 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5745
5746 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5747 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5748 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5749 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5750 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5751 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5752
5753 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5754 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5755 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5756 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5757 context-free languages.
5758 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5759 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5760 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5761 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5762 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5763 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5764 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5765 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5766
5767 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5768 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5769 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5770 parser uses the same basic
5771 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5772 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5773 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5774 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5775 situation, it
5776 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5777 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5778 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5779 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5780 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5781
5782 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5783 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5784 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5785 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5786 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5787 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5788 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5789 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5790 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5791 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5792 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5793 stream.
5794
5795 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5796 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5797 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5798 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5799 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5800 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5801 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5802 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5803 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5804 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5805 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5806 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5807
5808 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5809 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5810 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5811 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5812 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5813 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5814 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5815 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5816 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5817 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5818 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5819 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5820 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5821 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5822 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5823 Bison parser.
5824
5825 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5826 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5827 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5828 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5829 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5830 (2000-12-24).
5831
5832 @node Memory Management
5833 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5834 @cindex memory exhaustion
5835 @cindex memory management
5836 @cindex stack overflow
5837 @cindex parser stack overflow
5838 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5839
5840 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5841 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5842 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5843
5844 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5845 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5846 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5847
5848 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5849 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5850 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5851 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5852 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5853
5854 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5855 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5856 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5857 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5858 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5859 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5860
5861 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5862 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5863 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5864 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5865
5866 @cindex default stack limit
5867 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5868 10000.
5869
5870 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5871 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5872 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5873 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5874 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5875 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5876
5877 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5878
5879 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5880 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5881 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5882 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5883 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5884 this deficiency in a future release.
5885
5886 @node Error Recovery
5887 @chapter Error Recovery
5888 @cindex error recovery
5889 @cindex recovery from errors
5890
5891 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5892 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5893 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5894 another expression.
5895
5896 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5897 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5898 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5899 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5900 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5901 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5902 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5903
5904 @findex error
5905 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5906 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5907 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5908 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5909 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5910 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5911
5912 For example:
5913
5914 @example
5915 stmnts: /* empty string */
5916 | stmnts '\n'
5917 | stmnts exp '\n'
5918 | stmnts error '\n'
5919 @end example
5920
5921 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5922 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5923
5924 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5925 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5926 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5927 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5928 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5929 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5930 applicable in the ordinary way.
5931
5932 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5933 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5934 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5935 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5936 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5937 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5938 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5939 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5940 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5941 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5942 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5943 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5944
5945 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5946 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5947 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5948
5949 @example
5950 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5951 @end example
5952
5953 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5954 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5955 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5956 spurious error message:
5957
5958 @example
5959 primary: '(' expr ')'
5960 | '(' error ')'
5961 @dots{}
5962 ;
5963 @end example
5964
5965 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5966 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5967 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5968 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5969 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5970 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5971 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5972 @code{stmnt}.
5973
5974 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5975 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5976 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5977 error messages resume.
5978
5979 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5980 as any other rules can.
5981
5982 @findex yyerrok
5983 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5984 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5985 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5986 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5987
5988 @findex yyclearin
5989 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5990 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5991 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5992 action.
5993 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5994
5995 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5996 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5997 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5998 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5999 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6000
6001 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6002 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
6003 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
6004 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
6005 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
6006
6007 @node Context Dependency
6008 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6009
6010 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6011 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6012 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6013 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6014 languages.
6015
6016 @menu
6017 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6018 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6019 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6020 error recovery rules must be written.
6021 @end menu
6022
6023 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6024 neither clean nor robust.)
6025
6026 @node Semantic Tokens
6027 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6028
6029 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6030 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6031
6032 @example
6033 foo (x);
6034 @end example
6035
6036 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6037 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6038 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6039
6040 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6041 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6042 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6043 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6044 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6045
6046 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6047 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6048 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6049 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6050 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6051 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6052 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6053
6054 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6055 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6056 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6057 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6058 earlier:
6059
6060 @example
6061 typedef int foo, bar;
6062 int baz (void)
6063 @{
6064 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6065 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6066 return foo (bar);
6067 @}
6068 @end example
6069
6070 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6071 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6072
6073 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6074 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6075 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6076 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6077 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6078
6079 @example
6080 initdcl:
6081 declarator maybeasm '='
6082 init
6083 | declarator maybeasm
6084 ;
6085
6086 notype_initdcl:
6087 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6088 init
6089 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6090 ;
6091 @end example
6092
6093 @noindent
6094 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6095 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6096 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6097
6098 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6099 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6100 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6101 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6102 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6103 the syntactic context.
6104
6105 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6106 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6107 @cindex lexical tie-in
6108
6109 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6110 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6111 parsed.
6112
6113 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6114 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6115 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6116 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6117 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6118
6119 @example
6120 @group
6121 %@{
6122 int hexflag;
6123 int yylex (void);
6124 void yyerror (char const *);
6125 %@}
6126 %%
6127 @dots{}
6128 @end group
6129 @group
6130 expr: IDENTIFIER
6131 | constant
6132 | HEX '('
6133 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6134 expr ')'
6135 @{ hexflag = 0;
6136 $$ = $4; @}
6137 | expr '+' expr
6138 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6139 @dots{}
6140 ;
6141 @end group
6142
6143 @group
6144 constant:
6145 INTEGER
6146 | STRING
6147 ;
6148 @end group
6149 @end example
6150
6151 @noindent
6152 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6153 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6154 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6155
6156 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6157 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6158 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6159
6160 @node Tie-in Recovery
6161 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6162
6163 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6164 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6165
6166 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6167 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6168 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6169 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6170
6171 @example
6172 stmt: expr ';'
6173 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6174 @dots{}
6175 error ';'
6176 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6177 ;
6178 @end example
6179
6180 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6181 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6182 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6183 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6184 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6185
6186 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6187
6188 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6189 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6190 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6191
6192 @example
6193 @group
6194 expr: @dots{}
6195 | '(' expr ')'
6196 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6197 | '(' error ')'
6198 @dots{}
6199 @end group
6200 @end example
6201
6202 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6203 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6204 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6205 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6206
6207 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6208 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6209 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6210 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6211 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6212 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6213 clear the flag.
6214
6215 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6216
6217 @node Debugging
6218 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6219
6220 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6221 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6222 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6223 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6224 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6225 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6226
6227 @menu
6228 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6229 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6230 @end menu
6231
6232 @node Understanding
6233 @section Understanding Your Parser
6234
6235 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6236 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6237 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6238 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6239 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6240 file).
6241
6242 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6243 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6244 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6245 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6246 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6247 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6248 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6249
6250 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6251
6252 @example
6253 %token NUM STR
6254 %left '+' '-'
6255 %left '*'
6256 %%
6257 exp: exp '+' exp
6258 | exp '-' exp
6259 | exp '*' exp
6260 | exp '/' exp
6261 | NUM
6262 ;
6263 useless: STR;
6264 %%
6265 @end example
6266
6267 @command{bison} reports:
6268
6269 @example
6270 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6271 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6272 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6273 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6274 @end example
6275
6276 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6277 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6278 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6279 interpretation is the same.
6280
6281 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6282 to precedence and/or associativity:
6283
6284 @example
6285 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6286 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6287 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6288 @exdent @dots{}
6289 @end example
6290
6291 @noindent
6292 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6293
6294 @example
6295 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6296 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6297 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6298 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6299 @end example
6300
6301 @noindent
6302 @cindex token, useless
6303 @cindex useless token
6304 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6305 @cindex useless nonterminal
6306 @cindex rule, useless
6307 @cindex useless rule
6308 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6309 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6310 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6311 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6312 below):
6313
6314 @example
6315 Useless nonterminals:
6316 useless
6317
6318 Terminals which are not used:
6319 STR
6320
6321 Useless rules:
6322 #6 useless: STR;
6323 @end example
6324
6325 @noindent
6326 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6327
6328 @example
6329 Grammar
6330
6331 Number, Line, Rule
6332 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6333 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6334 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6335 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6336 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6337 5 9 exp -> NUM
6338 @end example
6339
6340 @noindent
6341 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6342
6343 @example
6344 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6345
6346 $end (0) 0
6347 '*' (42) 3
6348 '+' (43) 1
6349 '-' (45) 2
6350 '/' (47) 4
6351 error (256)
6352 NUM (258) 5
6353
6354 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6355
6356 $accept (8)
6357 on left: 0
6358 exp (9)
6359 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6360 @end example
6361
6362 @noindent
6363 @cindex item
6364 @cindex pointed rule
6365 @cindex rule, pointed
6366 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6367 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6368 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6369 that the input cursor.
6370
6371 @example
6372 state 0
6373
6374 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6375
6376 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6377
6378 exp go to state 2
6379 @end example
6380
6381 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6382 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6383 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6384 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6385 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6386 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6387 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6388 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6389
6390 @cindex core, item set
6391 @cindex item set core
6392 @cindex kernel, item set
6393 @cindex item set core
6394 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6395 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6396 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6397 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6398 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6399 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6400 be derived:
6401
6402 @example
6403 state 0
6404
6405 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6406 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6407 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6408 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6409 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6410 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6411
6412 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6413
6414 exp go to state 2
6415 @end example
6416
6417 @noindent
6418 In the state 1...
6419
6420 @example
6421 state 1
6422
6423 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6424
6425 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6426 @end example
6427
6428 @noindent
6429 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6430 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6431 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6432 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6433
6434 @example
6435 state 2
6436
6437 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6438 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6439 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6440 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6441 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6442
6443 $ shift, and go to state 3
6444 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6445 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6446 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6447 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6448 @end example
6449
6450 @noindent
6451 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6452 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6453 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6454 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6455 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6456 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6457
6458 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6459 state}:
6460
6461 @example
6462 state 3
6463
6464 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6465
6466 $default accept
6467 @end example
6468
6469 @noindent
6470 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6471 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6472
6473 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6474 the reader.
6475
6476 @example
6477 state 4
6478
6479 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6480
6481 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6482
6483 exp go to state 8
6484
6485 state 5
6486
6487 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6488
6489 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6490
6491 exp go to state 9
6492
6493 state 6
6494
6495 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6496
6497 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6498
6499 exp go to state 10
6500
6501 state 7
6502
6503 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6504
6505 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6506
6507 exp go to state 11
6508 @end example
6509
6510 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6511 1 shift/reduce}:
6512
6513 @example
6514 state 8
6515
6516 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6517 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6518 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6519 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6520 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6521
6522 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6523 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6524
6525 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6526 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6527 @end example
6528
6529 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6530 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6531 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6532 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6533 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6534 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6535 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6536 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6537
6538 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6539 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6540 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6541 square brackets.
6542
6543 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6544 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6545 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6546 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6547 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6548 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6549 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6550 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6551 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6552 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6553 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6554 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6555
6556 @example
6557 state 8
6558
6559 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6560 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6561 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6562 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6563 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6564
6565 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6566 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6567
6568 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6569 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6570 @end example
6571
6572 The remaining states are similar:
6573
6574 @example
6575 state 9
6576
6577 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6578 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6579 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6580 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6581 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6582
6583 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6584 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6585
6586 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6587 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6588
6589 state 10
6590
6591 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6592 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6593 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6594 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6595 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6596
6597 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6598
6599 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6600 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6601
6602 state 11
6603
6604 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6605 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6606 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6607 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6608 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6609
6610 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6611 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6612 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6613 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6614
6615 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6616 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6617 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6618 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6619 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6620 @end example
6621
6622 @noindent
6623 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6624 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6625 @samp{*}, but also because the
6626 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6627
6628
6629 @node Tracing
6630 @section Tracing Your Parser
6631 @findex yydebug
6632 @cindex debugging
6633 @cindex tracing the parser
6634
6635 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6636 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6637
6638 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6639
6640 @table @asis
6641 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6642 @findex YYDEBUG
6643 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6644 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6645 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6646 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6647 Prologue}).
6648
6649 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6650 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6651 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6652
6653 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6654 @findex %debug
6655 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6656 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6657 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6658 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6659 you, this is
6660 the preferred solution.
6661 @end table
6662
6663 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6664 always possible.
6665
6666 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6667 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6668 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6669 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6670 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6671 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6672
6673 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6674 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6675 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6676 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6677
6678 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6679 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6680 messages tell you these things:
6681
6682 @itemize @bullet
6683 @item
6684 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6685
6686 @item
6687 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6688 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6689
6690 @item
6691 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6692 of the state stack afterward.
6693 @end itemize
6694
6695 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6696 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6697 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6698 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6699 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6700 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6701 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6702 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6703 grammar are to blame.
6704
6705 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6706 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6707 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6708 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6709 the grammar it is working.
6710
6711 @findex YYPRINT
6712 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6713 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6714 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6715 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6716 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6717 value (from @code{yylval}).
6718
6719 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6720 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6721
6722 @smallexample
6723 %@{
6724 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6725 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6726 %@}
6727
6728 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6729
6730 static void
6731 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6732 @{
6733 if (type == VAR)
6734 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6735 else if (type == NUM)
6736 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6737 @}
6738 @end smallexample
6739
6740 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6741
6742 @node Invocation
6743 @chapter Invoking Bison
6744 @cindex invoking Bison
6745 @cindex Bison invocation
6746 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6747
6748 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6749
6750 @example
6751 bison @var{infile}
6752 @end example
6753
6754 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6755 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6756 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6757 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6758 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6759 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6760 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6761 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6762 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6763 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6764 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6765 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6766
6767 For example :
6768
6769 @example
6770 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6771 @end example
6772 @noindent
6773 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6774
6775 @example
6776 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6777 @end example
6778 @noindent
6779 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6780
6781 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6782 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6783 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6784
6785 @menu
6786 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6787 in alphabetical order by short options.
6788 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6789 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6790 @end menu
6791
6792 @node Bison Options
6793 @section Bison Options
6794
6795 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6796 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6797 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6798 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6799 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6800 @samp{=}.
6801
6802 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6803 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6804 option.
6805
6806 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6807 @noindent
6808 Operations modes:
6809 @table @option
6810 @item -h
6811 @itemx --help
6812 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6813
6814 @item -V
6815 @itemx --version
6816 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6817
6818 @item --print-localedir
6819 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6820
6821 @item -y
6822 @itemx --yacc
6823 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6824 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6825 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6826 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6827 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6828 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6829 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6830 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6831
6832 @example
6833 #! /bin/sh
6834 bison -y "$@@"
6835 @end example
6836
6837 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6838 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6839 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6840 this option is specified.
6841
6842 @end table
6843
6844 @noindent
6845 Tuning the parser:
6846
6847 @table @option
6848 @item -S @var{file}
6849 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6850 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6851 you are developing Bison.
6852
6853 @item -t
6854 @itemx --debug
6855 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6856 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6857 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6858
6859 @item --locations
6860 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6861
6862 @item -p @var{prefix}
6863 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6864 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6865 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6866
6867 @item -l
6868 @itemx --no-lines
6869 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6870 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6871 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6872 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6873 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6874
6875 @item -n
6876 @itemx --no-parser
6877 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6878
6879 @item -k
6880 @itemx --token-table
6881 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6882 @end table
6883
6884 @noindent
6885 Adjust the output:
6886
6887 @table @option
6888 @item -d
6889 @itemx --defines
6890 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6891 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6892 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6893
6894 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6895 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6896
6897 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6898 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6899 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6900 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6901
6902 @item -r @var{things}
6903 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6904 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6905 separated list of @var{things} among:
6906
6907 @table @code
6908 @item state
6909 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6910 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6911
6912 @item look-ahead
6913 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6914 each rule's look-ahead set.
6915
6916 @item itemset
6917 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6918 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6919 @end table
6920
6921 @item -v
6922 @itemx --verbose
6923 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6924 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6925 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6926
6927 @item -o @var{file}
6928 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6929 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6930
6931 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6932 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6933
6934 @item -g
6935 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6936 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6937 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6938 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6939
6940 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6941 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6942 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6943 the output graph file.
6944 @end table
6945
6946 @node Option Cross Key
6947 @section Option Cross Key
6948
6949 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
6950 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6951 the corresponding short option.
6952
6953 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
6954 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
6955 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
6956 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6957 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
6958 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
6959 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
6960 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
6961 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
6962 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
6963 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
6964 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
6965 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
6966 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
6967 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
6968 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
6969 @end multitable
6970
6971 @node Yacc Library
6972 @section Yacc Library
6973
6974 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6975 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6976 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6977 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6978 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6979 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6980 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6981
6982 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6983 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6984
6985 @example
6986 int yyerror (char const *);
6987 @end example
6988
6989 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6990 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6991 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6992
6993 @example
6994 int yyparse (void);
6995 @end example
6996
6997 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6998
6999 @node C++ Language Interface
7000 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7001
7002 @menu
7003 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7004 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7005 @end menu
7006
7007 @node C++ Parsers
7008 @section C++ Parsers
7009
7010 @menu
7011 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7012 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7013 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7014 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7015 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7016 @end menu
7017
7018 @node C++ Bison Interface
7019 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7020 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7021 @c - Always pure
7022 @c - initial action
7023
7024 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7025 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7026 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7027 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7028 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7029 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7030 various classes are generated in the following files:
7031
7032 @table @file
7033 @item position.hh
7034 @itemx location.hh
7035 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7036 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7037
7038 @item stack.hh
7039 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7040
7041 @item @var{file}.hh
7042 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7043 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7044 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7045 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7046 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7047
7048 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7049 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7050 @samp{%defines} directive.
7051 @end table
7052
7053 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7054 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7055
7056 @node C++ Semantic Values
7057 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7058 @c - No objects in unions
7059 @c - YSTYPE
7060 @c - Printer and destructor
7061
7062 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7063 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7064 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7065 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7066 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7067 @itemize @minus
7068 @item
7069 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7070 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7071 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7072 @item
7073 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7074 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7075 to such objects are allowed.
7076 @end itemize
7077
7078 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7079 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7080 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7081 Symbols}.
7082
7083
7084 @node C++ Location Values
7085 @subsection C++ Location Values
7086 @c - %locations
7087 @c - class Position
7088 @c - class Location
7089 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7090
7091 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7092 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7093 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7094 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7095 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7096
7097 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7098 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7099 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7100 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7101 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7102 @end deftypemethod
7103
7104 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7105 The line, starting at 1.
7106 @end deftypemethod
7107
7108 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7109 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7110 @end deftypemethod
7111
7112 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7113 The column, starting at 0.
7114 @end deftypemethod
7115
7116 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7117 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7118 @end deftypemethod
7119
7120 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7121 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7122 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7123 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7124 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7125 @end deftypemethod
7126
7127 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7128 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7129 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7130 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7131 @end deftypemethod
7132
7133 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7134 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7135 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7136 @end deftypemethod
7137
7138 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7139 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7140 Advance the @code{end} position.
7141 @end deftypemethod
7142
7143 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7144 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7145 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7146 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7147 @end deftypemethod
7148
7149 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7150 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7151 @end deftypemethod
7152
7153
7154 @node C++ Parser Interface
7155 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7156 @c - define parser_class_name
7157 @c - Ctor
7158 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7159 @c debug_stream.
7160 @c - Reporting errors
7161
7162 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7163 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7164 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7165 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7166 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7167 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7168 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7169 additional argument for its constructor.
7170
7171 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7172 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7173 The types for semantics value and locations.
7174 @end defcv
7175
7176 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7177 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7178 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7179 @end deftypemethod
7180
7181 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7182 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7183 @end deftypemethod
7184
7185 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7186 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7187 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7188 @code{std::cerr}.
7189 @end deftypemethod
7190
7191 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7192 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7193 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7194 or nonzero, full tracing.
7195 @end deftypemethod
7196
7197 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7198 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7199 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7200 described by @var{m}.
7201 @end deftypemethod
7202
7203
7204 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7205 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7206 @c - prefix for yylex.
7207 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7208 @c - %lex-param
7209
7210 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7211 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7212 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7213
7214 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7215 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7216 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7217 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7218 @end deftypemethod
7219
7220
7221 @node A Complete C++ Example
7222 @section A Complete C++ Example
7223
7224 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7225 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7226 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7227 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7228 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7229 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7230 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7231 actually easier to interface with.
7232
7233 @menu
7234 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7235 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7236 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7237 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7238 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7239 @end menu
7240
7241 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7242 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7243
7244 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7245 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7246 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7247 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7248 of valid input follows.
7249
7250 @example
7251 three := 3
7252 seven := one + two * three
7253 seven * seven
7254 @end example
7255
7256 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7257 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7258 @c - An env
7259 @c - A place to store error messages
7260 @c - A place for the result
7261
7262 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7263 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7264 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7265 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7266 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7267 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7268 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7269
7270 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7271 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7272 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7273 class.
7274
7275 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7276 @example
7277 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7278 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7279 # include <string>
7280 # include <map>
7281 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7282 @end example
7283
7284
7285 @noindent
7286 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7287 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7288 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7289 factor both as follows.
7290
7291 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7292 @example
7293 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7294 # define YY_DECL \
7295 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7296 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7297 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7298 calcxx_driver& driver)
7299 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7300 YY_DECL;
7301 @end example
7302
7303 @noindent
7304 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7305 members.
7306
7307 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7308 @example
7309 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7310 class calcxx_driver
7311 @{
7312 public:
7313 calcxx_driver ();
7314 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7315
7316 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7317
7318 int result;
7319 @end example
7320
7321 @noindent
7322 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7323 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7324 members.
7325
7326 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7327 @example
7328 // Handling the scanner.
7329 void scan_begin ();
7330 void scan_end ();
7331 bool trace_scanning;
7332 @end example
7333
7334 @noindent
7335 Similarly for the parser itself.
7336
7337 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7338 @example
7339 // Handling the parser.
7340 void parse (const std::string& f);
7341 std::string file;
7342 bool trace_parsing;
7343 @end example
7344
7345 @noindent
7346 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7347 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7348 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7349 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7350
7351 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7352 @example
7353 // Error handling.
7354 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7355 void error (const std::string& m);
7356 @};
7357 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7358 @end example
7359
7360 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7361 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7362 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7363 messages and set error state.
7364
7365 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7366 @example
7367 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7368 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7369
7370 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7371 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7372 @{
7373 variables["one"] = 1;
7374 variables["two"] = 2;
7375 @}
7376
7377 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7378 @{
7379 @}
7380
7381 void
7382 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7383 @{
7384 file = f;
7385 scan_begin ();
7386 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7387 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7388 parser.parse ();
7389 scan_end ();
7390 @}
7391
7392 void
7393 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7394 @{
7395 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7396 @}
7397
7398 void
7399 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7400 @{
7401 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7402 @}
7403 @end example
7404
7405 @node Calc++ Parser
7406 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7407
7408 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7409 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7410 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7411 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7412 the grammar for.
7413
7414 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7415 @example
7416 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7417 %require "2.1a"
7418 %defines
7419 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7420 @end example
7421
7422 @noindent
7423 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7424 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7425 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7426 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7427 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7428 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7429
7430 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7431 @example
7432 %@{
7433 # include <string>
7434 class calcxx_driver;
7435 %@}
7436 @end example
7437
7438 @noindent
7439 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7440 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7441 global variables.
7442
7443 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7444 @example
7445 // The parsing context.
7446 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7447 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7448 @end example
7449
7450 @noindent
7451 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7452 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7453 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7454 automatically propagated.
7455
7456 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7457 @example
7458 %locations
7459 %initial-action
7460 @{
7461 // Initialize the initial location.
7462 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7463 @};
7464 @end example
7465
7466 @noindent
7467 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7468 error messages.
7469
7470 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7471 @example
7472 %debug
7473 %error-verbose
7474 @end example
7475
7476 @noindent
7477 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7478 them.
7479
7480 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7481 @example
7482 // Symbols.
7483 %union
7484 @{
7485 int ival;
7486 std::string *sval;
7487 @};
7488 @end example
7489
7490 @noindent
7491 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7492 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7493 knowledge about the driver.
7494
7495 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7496 @example
7497 %@{
7498 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7499 %@}
7500 @end example
7501
7502
7503 @noindent
7504 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7505 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7506 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7507 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7508 avoid name clashes.
7509
7510 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7511 @example
7512 %token END 0 "end of file"
7513 %token ASSIGN ":="
7514 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7515 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7516 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7517 @end example
7518
7519 @noindent
7520 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7521 @code{%destructor}.
7522
7523 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7524 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7525 @example
7526 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7527 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7528
7529 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7530 @end example
7531
7532 @noindent
7533 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7534
7535 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7536 @example
7537 %%
7538 %start unit;
7539 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7540
7541 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7542 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7543
7544 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7545
7546 %left '+' '-';
7547 %left '*' '/';
7548 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7549 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7550 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7551 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7552 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7553 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7554 %%
7555 @end example
7556
7557 @noindent
7558 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7559 driver.
7560
7561 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7562 @example
7563 void
7564 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7565 const std::string& m)
7566 @{
7567 driver.error (l, m);
7568 @}
7569 @end example
7570
7571 @node Calc++ Scanner
7572 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7573
7574 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7575 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7576
7577 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7578 @example
7579 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7580 # include <cstdlib>
7581 # include <errno.h>
7582 # include <limits.h>
7583 # include <string>
7584 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7585 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7586
7587 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7588 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7589 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7590 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7591 # undef yywrap
7592 # define yywrap() 1
7593
7594 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7595 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7596 not of token_type. */
7597 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7598 %@}
7599 @end example
7600
7601 @noindent
7602 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7603 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7604 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7605 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7606
7607 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7608 @example
7609 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7610 @end example
7611
7612 @noindent
7613 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7614
7615 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7616 @example
7617 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7618 int [0-9]+
7619 blank [ \t]
7620 @end example
7621
7622 @noindent
7623 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7624 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7625 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7626 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7627 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7628 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7629 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7630
7631 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7632 @example
7633 %@{
7634 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7635 %@}
7636 %%
7637 %@{
7638 yylloc->step ();
7639 %@}
7640 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7641 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7642 @end example
7643
7644 @noindent
7645 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7646 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7647 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7648 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7649
7650 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7651 @example
7652 %@{
7653 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7654 %@}
7655 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7656 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7657 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7658 @{int@} @{
7659 errno = 0;
7660 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7661 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7662 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7663 yylval->ival = n;
7664 return token::NUMBER;
7665 @}
7666 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7667 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7668 %%
7669 @end example
7670
7671 @noindent
7672 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7673 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7674
7675 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7676 @example
7677 void
7678 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7679 @{
7680 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7681 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7682 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7683 @}
7684
7685 void
7686 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7687 @{
7688 fclose (yyin);
7689 @}
7690 @end example
7691
7692 @node Calc++ Top Level
7693 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7694
7695 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7696
7697 @comment file: calc++.cc
7698 @example
7699 #include <iostream>
7700 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7701
7702 int
7703 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7704 @{
7705 calcxx_driver driver;
7706 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7707 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7708 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7709 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7710 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7711 else
7712 @{
7713 driver.parse (*argv);
7714 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7715 @}
7716 @}
7717 @end example
7718
7719 @c ================================================= FAQ
7720
7721 @node FAQ
7722 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7723 @cindex frequently asked questions
7724 @cindex questions
7725
7726 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7727 are addressed.
7728
7729 @menu
7730 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7731 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7732 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7733 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7734 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7735 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7736 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7737 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7738 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7739 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7740 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7741 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7742 @end menu
7743
7744 @node Memory Exhausted
7745 @section Memory Exhausted
7746
7747 @display
7748 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7749 message. What can I do?
7750 @end display
7751
7752 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7753 ,Recursive Rules}.
7754
7755 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7756 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7757
7758 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7759 following typical questions:
7760
7761 @display
7762 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7763 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7764 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7765 @end display
7766
7767 @noindent
7768 or
7769
7770 @display
7771 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7772 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7773 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7774 @end display
7775
7776 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7777 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7778 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7779 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7780 @file{first-line.l}:
7781
7782 @verbatim
7783 %{
7784 #include <stdio.h>
7785 #include <stdlib.h>
7786 %}
7787 %%
7788 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7789 %%
7790 int
7791 yyparse (char const *file)
7792 {
7793 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7794 if (!yyin)
7795 exit (2);
7796 /* One token only. */
7797 yylex ();
7798 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7799 exit (3);
7800 return 0;
7801 }
7802
7803 int
7804 main (void)
7805 {
7806 yyparse ("input");
7807 yyparse ("input");
7808 return 0;
7809 }
7810 @end verbatim
7811
7812 @noindent
7813 If the file @file{input} contains
7814
7815 @verbatim
7816 input:1: Hello,
7817 input:2: World!
7818 @end verbatim
7819
7820 @noindent
7821 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7822
7823 @example
7824 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7825 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7826 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7827 input:1: Hello,
7828 input:2: World!
7829 @end example
7830
7831 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7832 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7833 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7834 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7835 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7836 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7837 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7838 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7839 input buffers.
7840
7841 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7842 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7843 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7844 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7845
7846 @node Strings are Destroyed
7847 @section Strings are Destroyed
7848
7849 @display
7850 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7851 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7852 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7853 @end display
7854
7855 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7856 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7857 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7858
7859 @verbatim
7860 %{
7861 #include <stdio.h>
7862 char *yylval = NULL;
7863 %}
7864 %%
7865 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7866 \n /* IGNORE */
7867 %%
7868 int
7869 main ()
7870 {
7871 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7872 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7873 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7874 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7875 return 0;
7876 }
7877 @end verbatim
7878
7879 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7880
7881 @example
7882 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7883 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7884 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7885 "one
7886 two", "two"
7887 @end example
7888
7889 @noindent
7890 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7891 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7892 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7893 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7894 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7895 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7896
7897 @example
7898 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7899 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7900 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7901 "two", "two"
7902 @end example
7903
7904
7905 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7906 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7907
7908 @display
7909 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7910 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7911 @end display
7912
7913 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7914 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7915 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7916 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7917 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7918 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7919 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7920
7921 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7922 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7923 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7924 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7925 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7926 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7927 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7928 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7929 compiler.
7930
7931 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7932 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7933
7934
7935 @node Multiple start-symbols
7936 @section Multiple start-symbols
7937
7938 @display
7939 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
7940 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
7941 multiple entry points.
7942 @end display
7943
7944 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
7945 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
7946 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
7947 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
7948 real start-symbol:
7949
7950 @example
7951 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
7952 %start start;
7953 start: START_FOO foo
7954 | START_BAR bar;
7955 @end example
7956
7957 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
7958 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
7959
7960 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
7961 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
7962 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
7963 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
7964 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
7965 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
7966 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
7967 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
7968
7969 @example
7970 /* @r{Prologue.} */
7971 %%
7972 %@{
7973 if (start_token)
7974 @{
7975 int t = start_token;
7976 start_token = 0;
7977 return t;
7978 @}
7979 %@}
7980 /* @r{The rules.} */
7981 @end example
7982
7983
7984 @node Secure? Conform?
7985 @section Secure? Conform?
7986
7987 @display
7988 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
7989 @end display
7990
7991 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
7992 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
7993 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
7994 please send us a bug report.
7995
7996 @node I can't build Bison
7997 @section I can't build Bison
7998
7999 @display
8000 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8001 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8002 What should I do?
8003 @end display
8004
8005 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8006 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8007 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8008 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8009 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8010 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8011 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8012
8013
8014 @node Where can I find help?
8015 @section Where can I find help?
8016
8017 @display
8018 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8019 @end display
8020
8021 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8022 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8023 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8024 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8025 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8026 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8027 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8028 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8029 hearts.
8030
8031 @node Bug Reports
8032 @section Bug Reports
8033
8034 @display
8035 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8036 @end display
8037
8038 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8039 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8040 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8041 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8042 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8043
8044 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8045 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8046 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8047 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8048 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8049
8050 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8051 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8052 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8053 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8054 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8055 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8056
8057 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8058 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8059
8060 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8061
8062 @node Other Languages
8063 @section Other Languages
8064
8065 @display
8066 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8067 favorite language here}?
8068 @end display
8069
8070 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8071 languages; contributions are welcome.
8072
8073 @node Beta Testing
8074 @section Beta Testing
8075
8076 @display
8077 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8078 @end display
8079
8080 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8081 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8082 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8083 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8084 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8085 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8086 essentially halted.
8087
8088 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8089 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8090 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8091 systems are especially welcome.
8092
8093 @node Mailing Lists
8094 @section Mailing Lists
8095
8096 @display
8097 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8098 @end display
8099
8100 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8101
8102 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8103
8104 @node Table of Symbols
8105 @appendix Bison Symbols
8106 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8107 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8108
8109 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8110 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8111 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8112 @end deffn
8113
8114 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8115 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8116 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8117 @end deffn
8118
8119 @deffn {Variable} $$
8120 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8121 @xref{Actions}.
8122 @end deffn
8123
8124 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8125 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8126 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8127 @end deffn
8128
8129 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8130 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8131 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8132 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8133 @end deffn
8134
8135 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8136 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8137 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8138 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8139 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8140 Grammar}.
8141 @end deffn
8142
8143 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8144 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8145 @end deffn
8146
8147 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8148 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8149 Grammar Rules}.
8150 @end deffn
8151
8152 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8153 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8154 @end deffn
8155
8156 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8157 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8158 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8159 @end deffn
8160
8161 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8162 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8163 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8164 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8165 @end deffn
8166
8167 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8168 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8169 @end deffn
8170
8171 @ifset defaultprec
8172 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8173 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8174 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8175 Precedence}.
8176 @end deffn
8177 @end ifset
8178
8179 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8180 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8181 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8182 @end deffn
8183
8184 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8185 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8186 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8187 @end deffn
8188
8189 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8190 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8191 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8192 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8193 @end deffn
8194
8195 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8196 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8197 used in the grammar.
8198 @end deffn
8199
8200 @deffn {Symbol} error
8201 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8202 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8203 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8204 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8205 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8206 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8207 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8208 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8209 @end deffn
8210
8211 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8212 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8213 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8214 @end deffn
8215
8216 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8217 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8218 Summary}.
8219 @end deffn
8220
8221 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8222 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8223 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8224 @end deffn
8225
8226 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8227 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8228 @end deffn
8229
8230 @deffn {Directive} %left
8231 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8232 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8236 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8237 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8238 for Pure Parsers}.
8239 @end deffn
8240
8241 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8242 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8243 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8244 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8245 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8246 @end deffn
8247
8248 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8249 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8250 @end deffn
8251
8252 @ifset defaultprec
8253 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8254 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8255 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8256 Precedence}.
8257 @end deffn
8258 @end ifset
8259
8260 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8261 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8262 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8263 @end deffn
8264
8265 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8266 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8267 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8268 @end deffn
8269
8270 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8271 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8272 Summary}.
8273 @end deffn
8274
8275 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8276 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8277 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8278 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8279 @end deffn
8280
8281 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8282 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8283 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8284 @end deffn
8285
8286 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8287 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8288 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8289 @end deffn
8290
8291 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8292 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8293 Require a Version of Bison}.
8294 @end deffn
8295
8296 @deffn {Directive} %right
8297 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8298 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8299 @end deffn
8300
8301 @deffn {Directive} %start
8302 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8303 Start-Symbol}.
8304 @end deffn
8305
8306 @deffn {Directive} %token
8307 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8308 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8309 @end deffn
8310
8311 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8312 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8313 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8314 @end deffn
8315
8316 @deffn {Directive} %type
8317 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8318 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8319 @end deffn
8320
8321 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8322 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8323 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8324 @code{error}.
8325 @end deffn
8326
8327 @deffn {Directive} %union
8328 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8329 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8330 @end deffn
8331
8332 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8333 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8334 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8335 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8336 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8337 @end deffn
8338
8339 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8340 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8341 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8342 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8343 @end deffn
8344
8345 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8346 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8347 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8348 @end deffn
8349
8350 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8351 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8352 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8353 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8354 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8355 @end deffn
8356
8357 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8358 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8359 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8360 @end deffn
8361
8362 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8363 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8364 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8365 @end deffn
8366
8367 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8368 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8369 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8370 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8371 @end deffn
8372
8373 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8374 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8375 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8376 @end deffn
8377
8378 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8379 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8380 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8381 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8382 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8383 @end deffn
8384
8385 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8386 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8387 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8388 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8389 @end deffn
8390
8391 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8392 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8393 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8394 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8395 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8396 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8397 @end deffn
8398
8399 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8400 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8401 @xref{Memory Management}.
8402 @end deffn
8403
8404 @deffn {Function} yylex
8405 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8406 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8407 @code{yylex}}.
8408 @end deffn
8409
8410 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8411 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8412 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8413 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8414 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8415 @end deffn
8416
8417 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8418 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8419 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8420 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8421 @code{yylex}.)
8422 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8423 grammar actions.
8424 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8425 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8426 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8427 @end deffn
8428
8429 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8430 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8431 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8432 @end deffn
8433
8434 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8435 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8436 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8437 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8438 @code{yylex}.)
8439 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8440 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8441 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8442 @end deffn
8443
8444 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8445 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8446 Management}.
8447 @end deffn
8448
8449 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8450 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8451 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8452 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8453 @end deffn
8454
8455 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8456 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8457 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8458 @end deffn
8459
8460 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8461 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8462 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8463 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8464 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8465 @end deffn
8466
8467 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8468 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8469 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8470 @end deffn
8471
8472 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8473 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8474 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8475 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8476 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8477 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8478 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8479
8480 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8481 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8482 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8483 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8484 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8485 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8486 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8487 @end deffn
8488
8489 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8490 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8491 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @node Glossary
8495 @appendix Glossary
8496 @cindex glossary
8497
8498 @table @asis
8499 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8500 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8501 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8502 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8503 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8504
8505 @item Context-free grammars
8506 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8507 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8508 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8509 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8510 Grammars}.
8511
8512 @item Dynamic allocation
8513 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8514 compile time or on entry to a function.
8515
8516 @item Empty string
8517 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8518 character string of length zero.
8519
8520 @item Finite-state stack machine
8521 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8522 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8523 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8524 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8525 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8526 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8527
8528 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8529 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8530 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8531 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8532 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8533 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8534 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8535 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8536
8537 @item Grouping
8538 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8539 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8540 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8541
8542 @item Infix operator
8543 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8544 performs some operation.
8545
8546 @item Input stream
8547 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8548
8549 @item Language construct
8550 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8551 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8552 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8553
8554 @item Left associativity
8555 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8556 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8557 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8558
8559 @item Left recursion
8560 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8561 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8562 Rules}.
8563
8564 @item Left-to-right parsing
8565 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8566 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8567
8568 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8569 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8570 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8571
8572 @item Lexical tie-in
8573 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8574 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8575
8576 @item Literal string token
8577 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8578
8579 @item Look-ahead token
8580 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8581 Tokens}.
8582
8583 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8584 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8585 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8586 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8587
8588 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8589 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8590 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8591
8592 @item Nonterminal symbol
8593 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8594 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8595 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8596
8597 @item Parser
8598 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8599 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8600 analyzer.
8601
8602 @item Postfix operator
8603 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8604 performs some operation.
8605
8606 @item Reduction
8607 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8608 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8609 Parser Algorithm}.
8610
8611 @item Reentrant
8612 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8613 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8614 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8615
8616 @item Reverse polish notation
8617 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8618
8619 @item Right recursion
8620 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8621 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8622 Rules}.
8623
8624 @item Semantics
8625 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8626 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8627 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8628
8629 @item Shift
8630 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8631 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8632 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8633
8634 @item Single-character literal
8635 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8636 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8637
8638 @item Start symbol
8639 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8640 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8641 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8642 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8643
8644 @item Symbol table
8645 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8646 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8647 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8648
8649 @item Syntax error
8650 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8651 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8652
8653 @item Token
8654 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8655 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8656 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8657 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8658
8659 @item Terminal symbol
8660 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8661 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8662 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8663 @end table
8664
8665 @node Copying This Manual
8666 @appendix Copying This Manual
8667
8668 @menu
8669 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8670 @end menu
8671
8672 @include fdl.texi
8673
8674 @node Index
8675 @unnumbered Index
8676
8677 @printindex cp
8678
8679 @bye
8680
8681 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8682 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8683 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8684 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8685 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8686 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8687 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8688 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8689 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8690 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8691 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8692 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8693 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8694 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8695 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8696 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8697 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8698 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8699 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8700 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8701 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8702 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8703 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8704 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8705 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8706 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8707 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8708 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8709 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex